blob: a35c7600ab55ae2cdd96facbc2faa39421d5eeb2 [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000027#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000028#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000029#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000045#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000046#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <algorithm>
48#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000049#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000050#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000051#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000052#include <set>
53#include <utility>
54#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000055
56using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000057using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059namespace {
60 class UnqualUsingEntry {
61 const DeclContext *Nominated;
62 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 public:
65 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
66 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
67 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
68 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000069
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000070 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
71 return CommonAncestor;
72 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000073
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000074 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
75 return Nominated;
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
79 struct Comparator {
80 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
81 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
82 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000083
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000084 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
85 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
86 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
89 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
90 }
91 };
92 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
95 /// lookup.
96 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000097 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 ListTy list;
100 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000101
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 public:
103 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000104
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000106 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
108 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
109 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000110 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000111 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000112
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000113 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000114 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
115 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
116 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000117 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000118 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
119 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
120 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000121 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
122 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000124 }
125 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000126
127 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
128 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
129 // declared in the context.
130 //
131 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
132 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
133 // the effective DCs right.
134 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000135 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000136 return;
137
138 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
139 }
140
141 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
142 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
143 // were declared in the effective DC.
144 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
145 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000146 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000147 return;
148
149 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
150 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
151 }
152
153 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
154 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
155 // the given effective context.
156 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000157 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000158 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000159 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000160 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000161 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000162 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
163 queue.push_back(NS);
164 }
165 }
166
167 if (queue.empty())
168 return;
169
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000170 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000171 }
172 }
173
174 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
175 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
176 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
177 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
178 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
179 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
180 // the first.
181 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
182 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
183 // the nominated namespace.
184 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
185 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
186 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000187 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000188
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000189 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
190 }
191
192 void done() {
193 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
194 }
195
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000197
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000198 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
199 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
200
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000201 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000202 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000203 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
204 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
205 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000206 }
207 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000208} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000210// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
211// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000212static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
213 bool CPlusPlus,
214 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 unsigned IDNS = 0;
216 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000217 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000218 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000219 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000220 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000221 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000222 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000224 if (Redeclaration)
225 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000226 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000227 if (Redeclaration)
228 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000229 break;
230
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000231 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
232 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
233 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
234 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
235 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
236 break;
237
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000238 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000239 if (CPlusPlus) {
240 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
241
242 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
243 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
244 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
245 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
246 // "overload" with tag decls.
247 if (Redeclaration)
248 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
249 } else {
250 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
251 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000253
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000254 case Sema::LookupLabel:
255 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
256 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000257
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000258 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
260 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 break;
263
264 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000265 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
266 break;
267
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000268 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000269 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000270 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000271
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000272 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000273 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
275 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
276 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000277 break;
278
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000279 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
280 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
281 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000284 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000285 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
286 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
287 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000288 }
289 return IDNS;
290}
291
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000293 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000294 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000295
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000296 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
297 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
298 // operators can be found.
299 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
300 case OO_New:
301 case OO_Delete:
302 case OO_Array_New:
303 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000304 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000306
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000307 default:
308 break;
309 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000310
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000311 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
312 // up being declared.
313 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
314 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000315 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000316 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000317 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000318 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000319}
320
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000321bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000322 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000323 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
324 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
325 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
326 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
327 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
328 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
329 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000330 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
331 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000332 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
333 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
334 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000335 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000336}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000337
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000339void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000340 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000341}
342
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000343/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
344/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000345static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000346 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
347 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
348 // those.
349 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
350 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
351 return DC;
352
353 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
354 // declaration must have been found there.
355 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
356}
357
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000358/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
359/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000360static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000361 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
362 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
363 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
364 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
365 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
366 return true;
367
368 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
369 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
370
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000371 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
372 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
373 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
374 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
375 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
376 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000377 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
378 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000379 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
380 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
381 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000382 }
383
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000384 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
385 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
386 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
387 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
388 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
389 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
390 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
391 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
392 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
393 if (DMin != EMin)
394 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000395 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
396 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000397 }
398
399 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
400 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
401 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
402 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
403 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000404 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
405 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
406 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000407 if (DMin != EMin)
408 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000409 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
410 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
411 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
412 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
413 I != N; ++I) {
414 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
415 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
416 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
417 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
418 return true;
419 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000420 }
421
422 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
423 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
424 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
425 // keep what we've got.
426 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
427 }
428
429 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000430 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
431 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
432 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
433 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000434 return false;
435}
436
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000437/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
438static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
439 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
440 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
441 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
442 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
443 // the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions and function
444 // templates; in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden.
445 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
446 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
447 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
448 // scope.
449 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
450 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
451 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D);
452}
453
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000454/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000455void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000456 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000457
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000458 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000459 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000460 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
461 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000462 return;
463 }
464
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000465 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
466 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000467 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000468 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
469 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000470 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000471 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000472 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
473 return;
474 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000475
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000476 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000477 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000478
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000479 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000480 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000481
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000482 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000483 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000484 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000485 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
486
487 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000488
489 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000490
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000491 unsigned I = 0;
492 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000493 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
494 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000496 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000497 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000498 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
499 continue;
500 }
501
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000502 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
503
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000504 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
505 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
506 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
507 // canonical type.
508 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000509 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
510 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
511 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
512 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
513 // The type is not unique.
514 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000515 }
516 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000517
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000518 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
519 // canonical declaration.
520 if (!ExistingI) {
521 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
522 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
523 // We've seen this entity before.
524 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000525 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000526 }
527
528 if (ExistingI) {
529 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
530 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000531 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000532 Decls[*ExistingI]))
533 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
534 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000535 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000536 }
537
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000538 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000539
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000540 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
541 HasUnresolved = true;
542 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
543 if (HasTag)
544 Ambiguous = true;
545 UniqueTagIndex = I;
546 HasTag = true;
547 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
548 HasFunction = true;
549 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
550 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
551 HasFunction = true;
552 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000553 if (HasNonFunction) {
554 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
555 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
556 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
557 // module, just skip it.
558 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
559 D)) {
560 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
561 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
562 continue;
563 }
564
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000565 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000566 }
567 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000568 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000569 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000570 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000571
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000572 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
573 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
574 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
575 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
576 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
577 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
578 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
579 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
580 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000581 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000582 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000583 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
584 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
585 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
586 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
587 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000588 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
589 else
590 Ambiguous = true;
591 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000592
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000593 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
594 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
595 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
596 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
597 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
598
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000599 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000600
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000601 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000602 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000603
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000604 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000605 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000606 else if (HasUnresolved)
607 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000608 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000609 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000610 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000611 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000612}
613
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000614void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000615 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000616 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000617 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
618 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000619 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000620}
621
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000622void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000623 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
624 Paths->swap(P);
625 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
626 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000627 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000628}
629
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000630void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000631 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
632 Paths->swap(P);
633 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
634 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000635 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000636}
637
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000638void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000639 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
640 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
641 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000642
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000643 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
644 Out << "\n";
645 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
646 }
647}
648
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000649LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
650 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
651 << ":\n";
652 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
653 D->dump();
654}
655
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000656/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
657/// fail.
658static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
659 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
660
661 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
662 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
663 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
664 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
665 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
666 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
667 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000668 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
669 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
670 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
671 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
672 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
673 return true;
674 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000675 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName &&
676 II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
677 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
678 return true;
679 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000680
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000681 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
682 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000683 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
684 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
685 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000686 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
687 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000688
689 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
690 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000691 R.isForRedeclaration(),
692 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000693 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000694 return true;
695 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000696 }
697 }
698 }
699
700 return false;
701}
702
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000703/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
704/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000705static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000706 // We need to have a definition for the class.
707 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
708 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000709
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000710 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000711 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000712}
713
714void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000715 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000716 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000717
718 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000719 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000720 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000721
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000722 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000723 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000724 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000725
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000726 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000727 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000728 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
729
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000731 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
732 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
733 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
734
735 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
736 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
737 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
738 }
739
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000740 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000741 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000742 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000743}
744
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000745/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000746/// special member function.
747static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
748 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000749 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000750 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
751 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000752
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000753 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
754 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000755
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000756 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000757 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000758 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000759
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000760 return false;
761}
762
763/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
764/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000765static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000766 DeclarationName Name,
767 const DeclContext *DC) {
768 if (!DC)
769 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000770
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000771 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000772 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
773 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000774 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000775 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000776 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000777 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000778 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000779 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000780 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000781 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
782 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000783 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000784 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000785
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000786 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
787 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000788 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000789 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000790 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000791 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000792
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000793 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
794 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
795 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000796
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000797 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000798 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000799 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000800 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000801 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000802 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000803 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
804 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
805 }
806 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000807 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000808
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000809 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000810 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000811 }
812}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000813
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000814// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
815// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000816static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000817 bool Found = false;
818
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000819 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000820 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000821 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000822
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000823 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000824 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
825 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000826 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000827 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000828 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000829 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000830 Found = true;
831 }
832 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000833
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000834 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
835 return true;
836
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000837 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000838 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
839 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
840 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
841 return Found;
842
843 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000844 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000845 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
846 // context of the use are considered. [...]
847 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000848 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000849 return Found;
850
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000851 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
852 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000853 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
854 if (!ConvTemplate)
855 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000856
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000857 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000858 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
859 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000860 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
861 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
862 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
863 Found = true;
864 continue;
865 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000866
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000867 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000868 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
869 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000870 // name lookup.
871 //
872 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
873 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000874 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000875 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
876 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000877 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000878 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000879
880 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000881 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
882 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000883
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000884 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
885 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
886 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000887 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000888 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000889 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000890 QualType ExpectedType
891 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000892 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000893
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000894 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
895 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000896 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000897 Specialization, Info)
898 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
899 R.addDecl(Specialization);
900 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000901 }
902 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000903
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000904 return Found;
905}
906
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000907// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000908static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000909CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000910 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000911
912 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
913
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000914 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000915 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000916
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000917 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
918 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000919 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
920 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000921 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000922
923 R.resolveKind();
924
925 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000926}
927
928static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000929 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000930 return Ctx->isFileContext();
931 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000932}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000933
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000934// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
935// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
936// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
937// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
938// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
939// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
940// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
941static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000942 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000943 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000944 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000945 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
946 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000947 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000948 break;
949 }
950 }
951
952 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
953 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
954 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
955 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
956 // a member of this namespace.
957 //
958 // Example:
959 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000960 // namespace N {
961 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000962 //
963 // template<class T> class B {
964 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000965 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000966 // }
967 //
968 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
969 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
970 // }
971 //
972 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
973 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000974 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000975 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
976 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
977
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000978 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000979 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
980 // template<class C>.
981 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
982 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
983 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
984 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000985
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000986 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
987 // the example, this is namespace N.
988 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
989 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
990 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000991
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000992 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
993 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
994 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
995 // example, this is the global scope.
996 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
997 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
998 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
999
1000 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001001}
1002
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001003namespace {
1004/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1005/// declarations.
1006struct FindLocalExternScope {
1007 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1008 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1009 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1010 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1011 }
1012 void restore() {
1013 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1014 }
1015 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1016 restore();
1017 }
1018 LookupResult &R;
1019 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1020};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001021} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001022
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001023bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001024 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001025
1026 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001027 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001028
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001029 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1030 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1031 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1032 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001033 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001034 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
1035 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001036
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001037 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1038 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1039
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001040 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001041 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001042 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1043 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001044
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001045 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001046 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001047 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1048 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1049 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001050 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001051 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001052 //
1053 // For example:
1054 // namespace A { int i; }
1055 // void foo() {
1056 // int i;
1057 // {
1058 // using namespace A;
1059 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1060 // }
1061 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001062 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001063 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1064 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001065 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001066 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001067
1068 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1069 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1070
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001071 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001072 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001073
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001074 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001075 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001076 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001077 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001078 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1079 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1080 // out-of-scope.
1081 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1082 LeftStartingScope = true;
1083
1084 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +00001085 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
1086 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
1087 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
1088 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001089 R.setShadowed();
1090 continue;
1091 }
1092 }
1093
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001094 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001095 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001096 }
1097 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001098 if (Found) {
1099 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001100 if (S->isClassScope())
1101 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1102 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001103 return true;
1104 }
1105
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001106 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001107 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1108 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1109 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1110 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1111 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1112 return false;
1113 }
1114
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001115 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1116 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1117 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001118 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001119 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1120 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1121 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1122 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001123 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001124 }
1125
1126 if (Ctx) {
1127 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1128 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001129 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001130 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1131 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1132
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001133 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001134 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1135 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1136 // non-transparent context.
1137 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001138 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001139
1140 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1141 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1142 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1143 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1144 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1145 // in the corresponding interface.
1146 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1147 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1148 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1149 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1150 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001151 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001152 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001153 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1154 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001155 R.resolveKind();
1156 return true;
1157 }
1158 }
1159 }
1160 }
1161
1162 continue;
1163 }
1164
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001165 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1166 // lookup considering using directives.
1167 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001168 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1169 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1170 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001171 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1172 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1173 continue;
1174
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001175 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001176 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001177
1178 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1179 // from local scopes.
1180 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1181 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1182 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1183 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1184 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1185
1186 UDirs.done();
1187
1188 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1189 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001190
1191 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1192 R.resolveKind();
1193 return true;
1194 }
1195
1196 continue;
1197 }
1198
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001199 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1200 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1201 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1202 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1203 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1204 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001205 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001206 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001207 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001208 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001209 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001210
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001211 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1212 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1213 if (!S) return false;
1214
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001215 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001216 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001217 return false;
1218
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001219 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001220 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001221 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001222 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1223 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001224 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1225 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1226 UDirs.done();
1227 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001228
1229 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1230 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1231 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1232 FindLocals.restore();
1233
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001234 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001235 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1236 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1237 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1238 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001239 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001240 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001241 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001242 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001243 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1244 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1245 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1246 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001247 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001248 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001249 }
1250 }
1251
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001252 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001253 R.resolveKind();
1254 return true;
1255 }
1256
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001257 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001258 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1259 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1260 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001261 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001262 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1263 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1264 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1265 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001266 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001267 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001268
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001269 if (Ctx) {
1270 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1271 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001272 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001273 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1274 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1275
1276 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1277 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1278 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1279 // non-transparent context.
1280 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1281 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001282
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001283 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1284 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1285 // look into that context.
1286 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1287 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1288 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001289
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001290 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1291 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1292 Found = true;
1293 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001294
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001295 if (Found) {
1296 R.resolveKind();
1297 return true;
1298 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001299
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001300 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1301 return false;
1302 }
1303 }
1304
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001305 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001306 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001307 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001308
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001309 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001310}
1311
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001312/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1313/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1314static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1315 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1316}
1317
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001318Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1319 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1320 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1321 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1322 return M;
1323 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1324 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1325
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001326 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1327 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1328 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1329 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1330 // class).
1331 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1332 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1333 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1334 }
1335
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001336 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1337 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1338 if (M)
1339 return M;
1340
1341 if (auto *Containing =
1342 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1343 M = Containing;
1344 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1345 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1346 // locations.
1347 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1348 } else {
1349 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1350 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1351 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1352 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1353 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1354 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1355 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1356
1357 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1358 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1359 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1360 auto &TopLevel =
1361 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1362 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1363 }
1364
1365 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1366 }
1367
1368 if (M)
1369 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1370 return M;
1371}
1372
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001373void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001374 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1375 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1376 else
1377 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1378 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001379
1380 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1381 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1382 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1383 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1384 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001385}
1386
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001387/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001388static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001389 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1390 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1391 // the module containing the pattern.
1392 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1393 Entity = Pattern;
1394 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001395 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1396 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001397 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1398 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1399 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1400 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1401 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1402 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1403 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1404 }
1405
1406 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1407 // from a template.
1408 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1409 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001410 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1411 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001412}
1413
1414llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1415 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1416 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1417 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001418 Module *M =
1419 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001420 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001421 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001422 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1423 }
1424 return LookupModulesCache;
1425}
1426
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001427bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1428 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1429 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1430 return true;
1431 return false;
1432}
1433
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001434template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001435static bool
1436hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1437 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001438 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1439 return false;
1440
1441 while (D) {
1442 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1443 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1444 return true;
1445
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001446 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1447 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1448 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1449 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1450 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1451 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001452
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001453 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1454 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1455 }
1456 return false;
1457}
1458
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001459bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1460 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001461 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001462 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001463 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001464 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1465 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1466 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001467}
1468
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001469/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1470///
1471/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1472/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1473/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1474/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1475/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1476/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1477bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001478 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001479 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1480
1481 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1482 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1483 if (!DeclModule) {
1484 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1485 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001486 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001487 }
1488
1489 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1490 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1491 // top-level module.)
1492 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1493 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1494 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001495 return true;
1496 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001497
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001498 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1499 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1500 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1501 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1502 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001503 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1504 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1505 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1506 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1507 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1508 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001509 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1510 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1511 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001512 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1513 // its parent has a visible definition.
1514 D->setHidden(false);
1515 }
1516 return true;
1517 }
1518 return false;
1519 }
1520
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001521 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1522 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1523 if (LookupModules.empty())
1524 return false;
1525
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001526 if (!DeclModule) {
1527 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1528 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1529 }
1530
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001531 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1532 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1533 return true;
1534
1535 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1536 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1537 return false;
1538
1539 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1540 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001541 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001542 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001543}
1544
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001545bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1546 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1547}
1548
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001549bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1550 for (auto *D : R) {
1551 if (isVisible(D))
1552 return true;
1553 }
1554 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1555}
1556
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001557/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1558///
1559/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1560/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1561/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001562///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001563/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1564/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001565static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1566 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001567
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001568 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001569 // Don't bother with extra checks if we already know this one isn't visible.
1570 if (RD == D)
1571 continue;
1572
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001573 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001574 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1575 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1576 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001577 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001578 return ND;
1579 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001580 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001581
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001582 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001583}
1584
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001585NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001586 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1587 // Namespaces are a bit of a special case: we expect there to be a lot of
1588 // redeclarations of some namespaces, all declarations of a namespace are
1589 // essentially interchangeable, all declarations are found by name lookup
1590 // if any is, and namespaces are never looked up during template
1591 // instantiation. So we benefit from caching the check in this case, and
1592 // it is correct to do so.
1593 auto *Key = ND->getCanonicalDecl();
1594 if (auto *Acceptable = getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.lookup(Key))
1595 return Acceptable;
1596 auto *Acceptable =
1597 isVisible(getSema(), Key) ? Key : findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), Key);
1598 if (Acceptable)
1599 getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.insert(std::make_pair(Key, Acceptable));
1600 return Acceptable;
1601 }
1602
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001603 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001604}
1605
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001606/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1607/// scope.
1608///
1609/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1610/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1611/// @code
1612/// int x;
1613/// int f() {
1614/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1615/// }
1616/// @endcode
1617///
1618/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1619/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1620/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1621/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1622/// class LookupCriteria.
1623///
1624/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1625/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1626/// in the parent scopes.
1627///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001628/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1629/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1630/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1631/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001632///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001633/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001634bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1635 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001636 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001637
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001638 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1639
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001640 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001641 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1642 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001643 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001644 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1645 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001646 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001647 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001648 }
1649
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001650 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1651 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1652
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001653 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1654 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1655 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1656 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001657 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1658
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001659 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001660 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001661 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001662 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001663 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1664 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1665 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001666 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001667 LeftStartingScope = true;
1668
1669 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1670 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001671 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1672 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001673 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001674 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001675 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001676 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1677 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1678 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001679
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001680 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001681
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001682 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1683 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001684 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001685 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1686 // actually exists in a Scope).
1687 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1688 S = S->getParent();
1689
1690 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1691 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1692 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1693 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001694 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001695
1696 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001697 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001698 if (!S)
1699 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1700
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001701 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1702 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001703 if (S) {
1704 // Match based on scope.
1705 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1706 break;
1707 } else {
1708 // Match based on DeclContext.
1709 DeclContext *LastDC
1710 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1711 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1712 break;
1713 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001714
1715 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1716 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1717 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001718 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001719
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001720 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001721 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001722
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001723 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001724 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001725 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001726 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001727 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001728 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001729 }
1730
1731 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1732 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1733 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001734 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1735 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001736
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001737 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1738 // may be able to handle the situation.
1739 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1740 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1741 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001742}
1743
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001744/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1745/// using directives by the given context.
1746///
1747/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001748/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001749/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1750/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1751/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1752/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1753/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1754/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1755/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1756/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1757/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1758/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1759/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1760/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001761///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001762/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1763/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1764/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1765/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1766/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1767/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1768/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1769/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1770/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001771static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001772 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001773 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1774
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001775 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1776 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001777
1778 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001779 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001780 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1781
1782 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1783 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001784 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001785
1786 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1787 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001788 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1789 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001790 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001791 Queue.push_back(ND);
1792 }
1793
1794 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1795 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1796 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1797 // a tag.
1798 bool FoundTag = false;
1799 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1800
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001801 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001802
1803 bool Found = false;
1804 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001805 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001806
1807 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1808 // between LookupResults.
1809 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001810 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001811 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001812
1813 if (FoundDirect) {
1814 // First do any local hiding.
1815 DirectR.resolveKind();
1816
1817 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1818 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1819 FoundTag = true;
1820 else
1821 FoundNonTag = true;
1822
1823 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1824 if (UseLocal) {
1825 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1826 LocalR.clear();
1827 }
1828 }
1829
1830 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1831 if (FoundDirect) {
1832 Found = true;
1833 continue;
1834 }
1835
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001836 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001837 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001838 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001839 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1840 }
1841 }
1842
1843 if (Found) {
1844 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1845 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1846 else
1847 R.resolveKind();
1848 }
1849
1850 return Found;
1851}
1852
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001853/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001854static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001855 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001856 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001857
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001858 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001859 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001860}
1861
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001862/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001863/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1864template<typename InputIterator>
1865static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1866 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1867 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1868 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001869
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001870 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1871 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1872 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1873 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1874 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001875
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001876 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1877 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1878 break;
1879 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001880
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001881 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1882 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1883 break;
1884 }
1885 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001886
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001887 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1888 return true;
1889 }
1890
1891 return false;
1892}
1893
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001894/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001895///
1896/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1897/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001898/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001899///
1900/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1901/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1902/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1903/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1904/// class LookupCriteria.
1905///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001906/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1907///
1908/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001909/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1910/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1911///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001912/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001913/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001914///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001915/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1916bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1917 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001918 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001919
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001920 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001921 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001922
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001923 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1924 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1925 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001926 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001927 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001928 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001929
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001930 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
1931 bool oldVal;
1932 DeclContext *Context;
1933 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
1934 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
1935 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
1936 }
1937 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
1938 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
1939 }
1940 } QL(LookupCtx);
1941
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001942 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001943 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001944 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1945 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001946 return true;
1947 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001948
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001949 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1950 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1951 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1952 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1953 // for the namespace member has the form
1954 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1955 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1956 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1957 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001958 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001959 return false;
1960
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001961 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001962 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001963 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001964
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001965 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001966 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001967 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001968 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001969 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001970
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001971 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1972 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001973 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001974 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1975 // or we have to fail.
1976 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1977 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1978 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1979 return false;
1980 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001981
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001982 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001983 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1984 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001985
1986 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001987 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
1988 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001989 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001990 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001991 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1992 case LookupMemberName:
1993 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001994 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001995 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1996 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001997
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001998 case LookupTagName:
1999 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
2000 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002001
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002002 case LookupAnyName:
2003 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
2004 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002005
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002006 case LookupUsingDeclName:
2007 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002008
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002009 case LookupOperatorName:
2010 case LookupNamespaceName:
2011 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00002012 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002013 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002014 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002015
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002016 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2017 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2018 break;
2019 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002020
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002021 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2022 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2023 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2024 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2025 },
2026 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002027 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002028
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002029 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2030
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002031 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2032 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2033 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2034 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2035 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2036 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002037 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002038 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002039 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002040
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002041 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002042 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002043 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002044
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002045 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2046 // across all paths.
2047 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002048
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002049 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2050 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002051 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002052 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2053 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002054 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002055 }
2056
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002057 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002058 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2059 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002060 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002061 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002062 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002063 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002064 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2065 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002066
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002067 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2068 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002069 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2070 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2071 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002072
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002073 ++FirstD;
2074 ++CurrentD;
2075 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002076
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002077 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2078 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002079 continue;
2080 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002081
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002082 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2083 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002084 }
2085
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002086 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002087 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2088
2089 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2090 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2091 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002092 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002093 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002094 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002095
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002096 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2097 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002098 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2099 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002100 }
2101 }
2102
2103 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2104
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002105 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002106 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2107 D->getAccess());
2108 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2109 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002110 R.resolveKind();
2111 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002112}
2113
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002114/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2115/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2116///
2117/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2118/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2119/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2120///
2121/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2122///
2123/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2124/// search.
2125///
2126/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2127///
2128/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2129bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2130 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2131 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2132 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2133 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2134 else
2135
2136 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2137}
2138
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002139/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2140/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2141///
2142/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2143/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2144/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2145/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002146/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2147/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002148///
2149/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2150/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002151///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002152/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002153///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002154/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2155/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2156///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002157/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002158bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002159 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002160 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2161 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002162 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002163 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002164 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002166 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002167 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2168 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2169 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2170
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002171 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002172 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002173 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002174 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002175 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002177 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002178 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002179 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002180
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002181 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002182 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002183 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002184 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2185 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002186 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002187 }
2188
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002189 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002190 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002191}
2192
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002193/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2194/// class.
2195///
2196/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2197///
2198/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2199/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002200///
2201/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2202bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002203 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2204 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2205 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2206 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002207 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2208 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2209 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2210 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2211 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2212 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002213
2214 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2215 // the path access.
2216 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2217 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2218 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2219 I.getAccess()));
2220 }
2221
2222 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002223 }
2224
2225 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002226 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002227
2228 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002229}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002230
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002231/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002232/// from name lookup.
2233///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002234/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002235void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002236 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2237
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002238 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2239 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2240 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2241
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002242 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2243 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2244 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2245 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2246 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2247 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2248 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002249
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002250 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002251 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2252 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2253 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002254
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002255 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002256 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002257 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002258
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002259 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002260 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2261 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002262
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002263 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002264 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002265 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2266 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002267 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002268 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002269 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2270 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2271 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002272 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002273 }
2274
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002275 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2276 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002277
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002278 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002279
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002280 for (auto *D : Result)
2281 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002282 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2283 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2284 }
2285
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002286 for (auto *D : Result)
2287 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2288 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002289
2290 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002291 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2292 while (F.hasNext()) {
2293 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2294 F.erase();
2295 }
2296 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002297 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002298 }
2299
2300 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2301 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002302
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002303 for (auto *D : Result)
2304 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002305 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002306 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002307 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002308}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002309
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002310namespace {
2311 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002312 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002313 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2314 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002315 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2316 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002317 }
2318
2319 Sema &S;
2320 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2321 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002322 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002323 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002324} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002325
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002327addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002328
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002329static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2330 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2331 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2332
2333 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2334 // be a locally scoped record.
2335
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002336 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2337 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2338 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2339 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2340 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002341 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2342
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002343 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002344 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002345}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002346
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002348// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002349static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002350addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2351 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002352 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002353 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002354 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2355 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2356 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002357
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002358 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2359 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2360 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2361 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002362 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002363 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002365 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002366 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2368 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002369 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002370 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002371 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002372 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002373 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2374 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002375 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002376 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002377 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002378 }
2379 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002380 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002381
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002382 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002383 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2384 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002385 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002386 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002387 // associated namespaces. ]
2388 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002389
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002390 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002391 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2392 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002393 break;
2394 }
2395}
2396
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002397// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2399// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2400static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002401addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2402 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2403
2404 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2405 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2406 return;
2407
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002408 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2409 // [...]
2410 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2411 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2412 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2413 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002414 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002415
2416 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2417 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2418 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002419 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002420 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002421 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002423 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2424 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002425 //
2426 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2427 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2428 // added its base classes yet.
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002429 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class).second)
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002430 return;
2431
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002432 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2433 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002434 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002435 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002436 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2438 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2439 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002440 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002441 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002442 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2443 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2444 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002445 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002446 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002447 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002448
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002449 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2450 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002451 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002452 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002453
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002454 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002455 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2456 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002457 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002458
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002459 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2460 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002461 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002462 Bases.push_back(Class);
2463 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2464 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002465 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002466
2467 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002468 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2469 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002470 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2471 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2472 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2473 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2474 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2475 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2476 if (!BaseType)
2477 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002478 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002479 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl).second) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002480 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2481 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002482 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002483
2484 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2485 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2486 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2487 }
2488 }
2489 }
2490}
2491
2492// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2493// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002494// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2495static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002496addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002497 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2498 //
2499 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2500 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2501 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2502 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2503 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2504 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2505 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2506 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002507
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002508 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002509 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2510
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002511 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002512 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2513
2514#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2515#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2516#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2517#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2518#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2519#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2520 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2521 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2522 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2523 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2524 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002525 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002526
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002527 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2528 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2529 case Type::Pointer:
2530 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2531 continue;
2532 case Type::ConstantArray:
2533 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2534 case Type::VariableArray:
2535 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2536 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002537
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002538 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2539 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2540 case Type::Builtin:
2541 break;
2542
2543 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2544 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2545 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2546 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2547 // which its associated classes are defined.
2548 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002549 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2550 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002551 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002552 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002553 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002554
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002555 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2556 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002557 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002558 // it has no associated class.
2559 case Type::Enum: {
2560 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002561
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002562 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2563 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002564 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002565
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002566 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002567 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002568
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002569 break;
2570 }
2571
2572 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2573 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2574 // types and those associated with the return type.
2575 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2576 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002577 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2578 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002579 // fallthrough
2580 }
2581 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2582 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002583 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002584 continue;
2585 }
2586
2587 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2588 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2589 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2590 // together with those associated with X.
2591 //
2592 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2593 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2594 // with the member type together with those associated with
2595 // X.
2596 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2597 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2598
2599 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2600 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2601
2602 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2603 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2604 continue;
2605 }
2606
2607 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2608 case Type::BlockPointer:
2609 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2610 continue;
2611
2612 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2613 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2614 case Type::LValueReference:
2615 case Type::RValueReference:
2616 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2617 continue;
2618
2619 // These are fundamental types.
2620 case Type::Vector:
2621 case Type::ExtVector:
2622 case Type::Complex:
2623 break;
2624
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002625 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2626 case Type::Auto:
2627 break;
2628
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002629 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2630 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2631 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002632 case Type::ObjCObject:
2633 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2634 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002635 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002636 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002637
2638 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2639 // contained type.
2640 case Type::Atomic:
2641 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2642 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002643 case Type::Pipe:
2644 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2645 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002646 }
2647
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002648 if (Queue.empty())
2649 break;
2650 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002651 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002652}
2653
2654/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2655/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2656/// arguments.
2657///
2658/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002659/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002660/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002661void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2662 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2663 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2664 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002665 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2666 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2667
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002668 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2669 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002670
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002671 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2672 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2673 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2674 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2675 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2676 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002677 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002678 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002679 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2680
2681 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002682 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002683 continue;
2684 }
2685
2686 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2687 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2688 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2689 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2690 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2691 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2692 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002693 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002694 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002695 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002696 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002697
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002698 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2699 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002700
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002701 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002702 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002703 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002704
2705 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2706 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002707 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002708 }
2709 }
2710}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002711
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002712NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002713 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002714 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2715 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002716 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002717 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002718 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002719}
2720
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002721/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002722ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002723 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2724 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002725 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002726 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002727 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2728}
2729
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002730void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002732 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002733 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2734 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2735 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2736 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2737 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002738 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002739 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002740 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2741 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002742
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002743 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002744 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002745}
2746
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002747Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002748 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2749 bool ConstArg,
2750 bool VolatileArg,
2751 bool RValueThis,
2752 bool ConstThis,
2753 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002754 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002755 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002756 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002757 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2758 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2759 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2760 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2761 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2762 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2763
2764 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002765 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002766 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2767 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2768 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2769 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2770 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2771 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2772
2773 void *InsertPoint;
2774 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2775 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2776
2777 // This was already cached
2778 if (Result)
2779 return Result;
2780
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002781 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2782 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002783 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2784
2785 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002786 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002787 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2788 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002789 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2790 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002791 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2792 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002793 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002794 return Result;
2795 }
2796
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002797 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2798 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002799 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002800 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002801 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002802 unsigned NumArgs;
2803
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002804 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2805 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2806
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002807 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2808 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2809 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002810 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2811 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002812 } else {
2813 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2814 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002815 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002816 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002817 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002818 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002819 } else {
2820 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002821 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002822 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002823 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002824 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002825 }
2826
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002827 if (ConstArg)
2828 ArgType.addConst();
2829 if (VolatileArg)
2830 ArgType.addVolatile();
2831
2832 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2833 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2834 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2835 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2836 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2837 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2838 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002839 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002840 VK = VK_LValue;
2841 else
2842 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002843 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002844
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002845 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2846
2847 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002848 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002849 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002850 }
2851
2852 // Create the object argument
2853 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2854 if (ConstThis)
2855 ThisTy.addConst();
2856 if (VolatileThis)
2857 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002858 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002859 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2860 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002861
2862 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2863 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2864 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002865 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002866 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002867
2868 if (R.empty()) {
2869 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2870 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2871 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2872 // destructor.
2873 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2874 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2875 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2876 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2877 return Result;
2878 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002879
2880 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2881 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2882 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2883
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002884 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002885 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002886 continue;
2887
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002888 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2889 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2890 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2891 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2892 // either.
2893 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2894
2895 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2896 continue;
2897 }
2898
2899 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002900 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002901 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002902 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2903 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002904 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002905 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2906 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002907 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002908 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002909 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2910 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002911 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002912 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002913 OCS, true);
2914 else
2915 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002916 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002917 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002918 } else {
2919 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002920 }
2921 }
2922
2923 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2924 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2925 case OR_Success:
2926 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002927 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002928 break;
2929
2930 case OR_Deleted:
2931 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002932 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002933 break;
2934
2935 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002936 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002937 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2938 break;
2939
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002940 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002941 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002942 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002943 break;
2944 }
2945
2946 return Result;
2947}
2948
2949/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2950CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002951 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002952 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2953 false, false);
2954
2955 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002956}
2957
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002958/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2959CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002960 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002961 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2962 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2963 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2964 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2965 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2966
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002967 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2968}
2969
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002970/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002971CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2972 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002973 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002974 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2975 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002976
2977 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2978}
2979
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002980/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2981DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002982 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002983 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002984 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002985 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002986 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002987 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002988 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002989 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002990 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002991
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002992 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2993 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2994 return Class->lookup(Name);
2995}
2996
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002997/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2998CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2999 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003000 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003001 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3002 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
3003 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3004 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3005 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
3006 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3007 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
3008 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3009 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3010
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003011 return Result->getMethod();
3012}
3013
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003014/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
3015CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003016 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003017 bool RValueThis,
3018 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3019 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3020 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3021 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003022 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3023 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003024 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3025 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3026
3027 return Result->getMethod();
3028}
3029
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003030/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3031///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003032/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3033/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003034///
3035/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3036CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003037 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3038 false, false, false,
3039 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003040}
3041
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003042/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3043/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3044///
3045/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3046/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3047/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3048Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3049Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3050 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003051 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3052 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003053 LookupName(R, S);
3054 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3055 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3056
3057 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3058 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3059
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003060 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003061 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3062 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003063 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3064
3065 while (F.hasNext()) {
3066 Decl *D = F.next();
3067 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3068 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3069
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003070 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3071 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3072 F.erase();
3073 continue;
3074 }
3075
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003076 bool IsRaw = false;
3077 bool IsTemplate = false;
3078 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3079 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3080
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003081 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3082 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3083 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3084 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003085 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003086 IsExactMatch = true;
3087 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3088 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3089 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3090 IsExactMatch = false;
3091 break;
3092 }
3093 }
3094 }
3095 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003096 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3097 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3098 if (Params->size() == 1)
3099 IsTemplate = true;
3100 else
3101 IsStringTemplate = true;
3102 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003103
3104 if (IsExactMatch) {
3105 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003106 AllowRaw = false;
3107 AllowTemplate = false;
3108 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3109 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003110 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3111 // already found.
3112 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003113 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003114 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003115 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3116 FoundRaw = true;
3117 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3118 FoundTemplate = true;
3119 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3120 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003121 } else {
3122 F.erase();
3123 }
3124 }
3125
3126 F.done();
3127
3128 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3129 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3130 // or literal operator template.
3131 if (FoundExactMatch)
3132 return LOLR_Cooked;
3133
3134 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3135 // operator template, but not both.
3136 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3137 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003138 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
3139 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003140 return LOLR_Error;
3141 }
3142
3143 if (FoundRaw)
3144 return LOLR_Raw;
3145
3146 if (FoundTemplate)
3147 return LOLR_Template;
3148
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003149 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3150 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3151
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003152 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3153 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3154 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003155 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3156 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003157 return LOLR_Error;
3158}
3159
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003160void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3161 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3162
3163 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3164 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003165 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003166 Old = New;
3167 return;
3168 }
3169
3170 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003171 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3172 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003173
3174 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3175 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003176 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003177
3178 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3179 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3180 if (!Cursor) return;
3181
3182 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3183 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3184
3185 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3186 }
3187
3188 Old = New;
3189}
3190
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003191void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3192 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003193 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3194 // arguments we have.
3195 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3196 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003197 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003198 AssociatedNamespaces,
3199 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003200
3201 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003202 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3203 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3204 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3205 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3206 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3207 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3208 // is the union of X and Y.
3209 //
3210 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3211 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003212 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003213 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3214 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3215 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3216 //
3217 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3218 // ignored.
3219 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003220 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003221 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3222 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3223 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003224 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3225 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003226 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3227 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003228 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3229 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3230 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3231 continue;
3232
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003233 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3234 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3235 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3236 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003237 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3238 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003239 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3240 break;
3241 }
3242 }
3243 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003244 continue;
3245 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003246
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003247 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3248 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003249
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003250 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003251 continue;
3252
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003253 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3254 continue;
3255
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003256 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003257 }
3258 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003259}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003260
3261//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3262// Search for all visible declarations.
3263//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003264VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003265
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003266bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3267
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003268namespace {
3269
3270class ShadowContextRAII;
3271
3272class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3273public:
3274 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3275 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3276 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003277 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003278
3279private:
3280 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3281 /// this name within a particular scope.
3282 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3283
3284 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3285 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3286
3287 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3288 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3289
3290 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3291
3292public:
3293 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3294 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3295 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003296 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003297 }
3298
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003299 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3300 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3301 }
3302
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003303 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3304 /// current scope.
3305 ///
3306 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3307 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3308 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3309
3310 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003311 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3312 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3313 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003314};
3315
3316/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3317class ShadowContextRAII {
3318 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3319
3320 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3321
3322public:
3323 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003324 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003325 }
3326
3327 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003328 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3329 }
3330};
3331
3332} // end anonymous namespace
3333
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003334NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3335 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3336 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3337 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3338 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3339 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3340 if (Pos == SM->end())
3341 continue;
3342
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003343 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003344 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003345 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003346 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003347 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3348 continue;
3349
3350 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003351 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003352 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003353 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003354 continue;
3355
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003356 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3357 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3358 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003359 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003360 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003361 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003362 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003363
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003364 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003365 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003366 }
3367 }
3368
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003369 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003370}
3371
3372static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3373 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003374 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003375 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3376 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003377 if (!Ctx)
3378 return;
3379
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003380 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3381 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3382 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003383
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003384 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3385 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3386 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3387 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3388 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3389
3390 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3391 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3392 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3393 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3394 Idents.get(Name);
3395 }
3396
3397 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3398 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3399 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3400 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3401 I != E; ++I) {
3402 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3403 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3404 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3405 Visited.add(ND);
3406 }
3407 }
3408 }
3409 }
3410
3411 return;
3412 }
3413
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003414 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3415 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3416
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003417 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003418 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003419 for (auto *D : R) {
3420 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3421 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3422 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003423 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003424 }
3425 }
3426
3427 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3428 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3429 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003430 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003431 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003432 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003433 }
3434 }
3435
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003436 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003437 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003438 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3439 return;
3440
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003441 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3442 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003443
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003444 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3445 // there anyway.
3446 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3447 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003448
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003449 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3450 if (!Record)
3451 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003452
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003453 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3454 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3455 //
3456 // struct A { int member; };
3457 // struct B { int member; };
3458 // struct C : A, B { };
3459 //
3460 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3461 //
3462 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3463 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3464 // class, e.g.,
3465 //
3466 // c->B::member
3467 //
3468 // or
3469 //
3470 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003471
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003472 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3473 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3474 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003475 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003476 }
3477 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003478
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003479 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3480 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3481 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003482 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003483 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003484 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003485 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003486 }
3487
3488 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003489 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003490 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003491 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003492 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003493 }
3494
3495 // Traverse the superclass.
3496 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3497 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3498 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003499 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003500 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003501
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003502 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3503 // synthesized ivars.
3504 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3505 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003506 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003507 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003508 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003509 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003510 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003511 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003512 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003513 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003514 }
3515 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003516 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003517 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003518 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003519 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003520 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003521
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003522 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3523 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3524 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003525 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003526 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003527 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003528 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003529}
3530
3531static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3532 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3533 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3534 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3535 if (!S)
3536 return;
3537
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003538 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3539 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003540 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3541 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003542 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003543 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003544 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3545 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003546 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003547 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003548 Visited.add(ND);
3549 }
3550 }
3551 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003552
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003553 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003554 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003555 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003556 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3557 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3558 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003559 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003560 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003561
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003562 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003563 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003564 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3565 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3566 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3567 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3568 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003569 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003570 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003571 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003572 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003573 }
3574
3575 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3576 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3577 // outer scope.
3578 break;
3579 }
3580
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003581 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3582 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003583
3584 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003585 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003586 }
3587 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3588 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3589 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3590 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3591 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3592 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3593 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003594 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003595 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003596 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003597 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003598 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003599 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003600 }
3601
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003602 if (Entity) {
3603 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3604 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003605 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3606 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003607 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003608 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003609 }
3610
3611 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3612 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3613 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3614}
3615
3616void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003617 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3618 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003619 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3620 // unqualified name lookup.
3621 Scope *Initial = S;
3622 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003623 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003624 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3625 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3626 S = S->getParent();
3627
3628 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3629 }
3630 UDirs.done();
3631
3632 // Look for visible declarations.
3633 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003634 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003635 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003636 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3637 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003638 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3639 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3640}
3641
3642void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003643 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3644 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003645 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003646 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003647 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003648 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3649 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003650 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003651 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003652 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003653}
3654
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003655/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003656/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3657/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3658/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003659LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003660 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003661 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003662 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003663
3664 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3665 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3666 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3667 Scope *S = CurScope;
3668 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3669 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3670 }
3671
3672 // Not a GNU local label.
3673 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3674 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3675 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003676 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003677 Res = nullptr;
3678 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003679 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003680 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3681 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003682 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3683 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003684 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003685 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3686}
3687
3688//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003689// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003690//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003691
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003692static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3693 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3694 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3695 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3696}
3697
3698static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3699 LookupResult &Res,
3700 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3701 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3702 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3703 bool EnteringContext,
3704 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3705 bool FindHidden);
3706
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003707/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3708/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3709/// a module' correction.
3710static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3711 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3712 return;
3713
3714 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3715
3716 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3717 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3718 break;
3719 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3720 if (DI == DE)
3721 return;
3722
3723 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3724 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3725
3726 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3727 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3728 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3729 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3730
3731 if (VisibleDecl) {
3732 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3733 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3734 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3735 NewDecls.clear();
3736 }
3737 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3738 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3739 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3740 }
3741
3742 if (NewDecls.empty())
3743 TC = TypoCorrection();
3744 else {
3745 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3746 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3747 }
3748}
3749
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003750// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3751// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3752// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3753static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3754 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3755 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3756 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3757 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3758 else
3759 Identifiers.clear();
3760
3761 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3762
3763 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3764 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3765 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3766 break;
3767
3768 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3769 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3770 return;
3771 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3772 break;
3773
3774 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3775 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3776 break;
3777
3778 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3779 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3780 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3781 break;
3782
3783 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003784 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003785 return;
3786 }
3787
3788 if (II)
3789 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3790}
3791
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003792void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003793 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003794 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3795 if (Hiding)
3796 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003797
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003798 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3799 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3800 // etc.).
3801 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3802 if (!Name)
3803 return;
3804
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003805 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3806 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003807 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003808 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3809 return;
3810
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003811 FoundName(Name->getName());
3812}
3813
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003814void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003815 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3816 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003817 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003818}
3819
3820void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3821 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3822 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003823 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003824}
3825
3826void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3827 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003828 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3829 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003830 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3831 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3832 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003833 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003834
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003835 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3836 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003837 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3838 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003839 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003840
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003841 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003842 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003843 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003844 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003845}
3846
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003847static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3848
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003849void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003850 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003851 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003852
3853 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3854 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3855 // longer than the typo itself.
3856 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3857 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3858 return;
3859
3860 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003861 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3862 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3863 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3864 return;
3865 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003866
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003867 TypoResultList &CList =
3868 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003869
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003870 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3871 CList.pop_back();
3872 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3873 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3874 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3875 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3876 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3877 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3878 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3879 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3880 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3881 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3882 *RI = Correction;
3883 return;
3884 }
3885 }
3886 }
3887 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3888 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003889
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003890 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003891 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3892}
3893
3894void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3895 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3896 SearchNamespaces = true;
3897
3898 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3899 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3900
3901 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3902 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3903 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3904 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3905 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3906 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003907 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3908 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3909 // invalide iterators into this list.
3910 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3911 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3912 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003913 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3914 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3915 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3916 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3917 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3918 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3919 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3920 }
3921 }
3922}
3923
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003924const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3925 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3926 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3927
3928 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003929 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3930 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3931 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3932 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3933 continue;
3934 }
3935
3936 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3937 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3938 DI->second.erase(RI);
3939 performQualifiedLookups();
3940 continue;
3941 }
3942
3943 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003944 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003945 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3946 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3947 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003948 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003949 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003950}
3951
3952bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3953 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3954 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003955 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003956retry_lookup:
3957 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3958 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003959 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003960 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3961 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3962 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3963 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3964 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3965 if (TempSS) {
3966 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3967 TempSS = nullptr;
3968 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3969 goto retry_lookup;
3970 }
3971 if (TempMemberContext) {
3972 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003973 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003974 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3975 goto retry_lookup;
3976 }
3977 if (SearchNamespaces)
3978 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3979 break;
3980
3981 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3982 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3983 break;
3984
3985 case LookupResult::Found:
3986 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3987 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3988 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3989 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003990 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003991 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003992 if (SearchNamespaces)
3993 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3994 break;
3995 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00003996 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003997 return true;
3998 }
3999 return false;
4000}
4001
4002void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
4003 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4004 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
4005 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
4006 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4007 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4008
4009 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4010 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4011 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4012 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00004013 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
4014 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004015 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4016 continue;
4017 }
4018
4019 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4020 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4021 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4022 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4023 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4024
4025 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4026 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4027 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4028 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4029 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4030 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4031 continue;
4032
4033 Result.clear();
4034 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4035 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4036 continue;
4037
4038 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4039 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4040 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4041 case LookupResult::Found:
4042 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4043 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4044 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4045 std::string OldQualified;
4046 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4047 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4048 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4049 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4050 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4051 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4052 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4053 break;
4054 }
4055 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4056 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4057 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4058 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4059 : nullptr,
4060 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4061 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4062 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004063 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4064 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004065 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004066 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004067 break;
4068 }
4069 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4070 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4071 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4072 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4073 break;
4074 }
4075 }
4076 }
4077 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004078}
4079
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004080TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4081 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004082 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004083 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4084 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4085 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4086 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4087
4088 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4089 }
4090 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4091 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4092 // context.
4093 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4094 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4095 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4096 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
4097 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4098 }
4099
4100 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004101 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4102 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4103 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004104}
4105
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004106auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4107 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004108 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004109 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004110 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004111 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4112 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4113 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4114 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4115 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4116 }
4117 return Chain;
4118}
4119
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004120unsigned
4121TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4122 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004123 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
4124 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
4125 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
4126 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4127 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
4128 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4129 ++NumSpecifiers;
4130 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
4131 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4132 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4133 ++NumSpecifiers;
4134 }
4135 }
4136 return NumSpecifiers;
4137}
4138
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004139void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4140 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004141 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004142 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004143 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004144 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4145
4146 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
4147 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4148 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4149 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
4150 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
4151 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4152 }
4153
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004154 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004155 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004156
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004157 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4158 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004159 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004160 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004161 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004162 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004163 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4164 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004165 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004166 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4167 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004168 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4169 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004170 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4171 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4172 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4173 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4174 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4175 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4176 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004177 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004178 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4179 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4180 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4181 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4182 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4183 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004184 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004185 }
4186 }
4187
4188 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4189 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4190 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4191 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4192 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4193 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4194 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4195 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004196 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4197 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004198 }
4199
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004200 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4201 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004202}
4203
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004204/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4205static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4206 LookupResult &Res,
4207 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4208 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4209 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4210 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004211 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4212 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004213 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4214 Res.clear();
4215 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004216 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004217 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004218 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004219 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004220 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4221 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4222 Res.resolveKind();
4223 return;
4224 }
4225 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004226
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004227 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4228 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004229 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4230 Res.resolveKind();
4231 return;
4232 }
4233 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004234
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004235 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4236 return;
4237 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004238
4239 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004240 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004241
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004242 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4243 // LookupParsedName.
4244 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4245 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004246 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004247 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4248 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004249 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004250 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4251 Res.addDecl(IV);
4252 Res.resolveKind();
4253 }
4254 }
4255 }
4256}
4257
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004258/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4259static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4260 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004261 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4262 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4263 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4264 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4265 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4266 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4267 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4268 return;
4269 }
4270
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004271 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4272 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004273
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004274 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004275 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004276 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004277 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004278 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004279 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4280 // storage-specifiers as well
4281 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4282 };
4283
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004284 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004285 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4286 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4287
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004288 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004289 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004290 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004291 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004292 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004293 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4294
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004295 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004296 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4297 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4298 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4299
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004300 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004301 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4302 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4303 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4304 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4305 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4306 }
4307 }
4308
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004309 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004310 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004311 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4312 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4313 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4314 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4315 };
4316 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4317 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004318 }
4319
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004320 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004321 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4322 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4323 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4324 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4325 }
4326
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004327 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004328 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004329 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004330 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4331 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4332 }
4333
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004334 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004335 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004336 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4337 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004338 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004339 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4340 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4341
4342 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4343 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4344 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4345
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004346 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004347 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4348 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4349 }
4350 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004351
4352 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4353 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4354 // is present.
4355 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4356 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004357 }
4358
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004359 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004360 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4361 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004362 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004363 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004364 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004365 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4366 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4367
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004368 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004369 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4370 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4371 }
4372
4373 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4374 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4375
4376 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4377 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4378
4379 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4380 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4381 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4382 }
4383 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004384 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004385 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4386 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4387 }
4388
4389 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4390 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4391 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4392 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4393 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4394 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4395 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4396 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4397 }
4398 }
4399
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004400 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004401 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4402
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004403 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004404 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4405 }
4406 }
4407}
4408
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004409std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4410 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4411 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4412 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4413 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004414 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004415
4416 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4417 DisableTypoCorrection)
4418 return nullptr;
4419
4420 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4421 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4422 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4423 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4424 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4425 return nullptr;
4426
4427 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4428 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4429 if (!Typo)
4430 return nullptr;
4431
4432 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4433 // typos.
4434 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4435 return nullptr;
4436
4437 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4438 // instantiation.
4439 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4440 return nullptr;
4441
4442 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4443 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4444 return nullptr;
4445
4446 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4447 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4448 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4449 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4450 return nullptr;
4451
4452 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4453 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4454 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004455 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004456 return nullptr;
4457
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004458 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4459 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4460 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4461 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4462 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4463 return nullptr;
4464 ++TyposCorrected;
4465
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004466 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4467 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4468 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4469 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4470 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4471 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4472 TypoName.getLocStart());
4473 }
4474
4475 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4476 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4477 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4478 EnteringContext);
4479
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004480 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004481 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004482 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4483 if (MemberContext) {
4484 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4485
4486 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4487 if (OPT) {
4488 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4489 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4490 }
4491 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4492 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4493 if (!QualifiedDC)
4494 return nullptr;
4495
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004496 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4497 } else {
4498 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004499 }
4500
4501 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4502 // corrections.
4503 bool SearchNamespaces
4504 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4505 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4506
4507 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4508 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4509 // seen in this translation unit.
4510 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4511 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4512 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4513
4514 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4515 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4516 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4517 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4518 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4519 do {
4520 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4521 if (Name.empty())
4522 break;
4523
4524 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4525 } while (true);
4526 }
4527 }
4528
4529 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4530
4531 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4532 // to search those namespaces.
4533 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4534 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4535 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4536 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4537 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4538 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4539 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4540 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4541 }
4542
4543 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4544 }
4545
4546 return Consumer;
4547}
4548
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004549/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4550/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4551/// present in the source code.
4552///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004553/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4554/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4555///
4556/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004557///
4558/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4559///
4560/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4561/// looking for, if present.
4562///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004563/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4564/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4565/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4566///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004567/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4568/// a member access expression.
4569///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004570/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004571/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4572///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004573/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4574/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4575///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004576/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4577/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4578/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4579/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4580TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4581 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4582 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004583 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004584 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004585 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4586 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004587 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4588 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004589 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4590
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004591 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4592 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4593 if (ExternalSource) {
4594 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004595 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004596 return Correction;
4597 }
4598
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004599 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4600 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4601 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4602 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4603 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004604
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004605 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004606 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4607 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004608 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004609
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004610 if (!Consumer)
4611 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004612
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004613 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004614 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004615 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004616
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004617 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4618 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004619 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4620 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004621 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004622 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004623
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004624 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4625 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004626 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004627 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004628
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004629 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004630
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004631 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004632 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4633 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4634 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004635 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004636 }
4637
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004638 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004639 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4640 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4641 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004642
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004643 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4644 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004645 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4646 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004647
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004648 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4649 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004650 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004651 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004652 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004653 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4654 // context.
4655
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004656 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4657 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4658 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004659 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4660 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004661 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004662 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4663 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004664 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4665 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004666 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004667
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004668 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4669 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004670 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004671
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004672 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4673 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4674 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004675 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004676}
4677
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004678/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4679/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4680/// present in the source code.
4681///
4682/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4683/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4684///
4685/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4686///
4687/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4688///
4689/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4690/// looking for, if present.
4691///
4692/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4693/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4694/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4695///
4696/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4697/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4698///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004699/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4700/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4701///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004702/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4703/// a member access expression.
4704///
4705/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4706/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4707///
4708/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4709/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4710///
4711/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4712/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4713/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4714/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4715/// needed.
4716TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4717 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4718 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4719 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004720 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004721 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4722 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4723 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4724
4725 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004726 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4727 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004728 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004729
4730 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4731 return nullptr;
4732
4733 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4734 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4735 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4736 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4737 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4738 return nullptr;
4739
4740 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004741 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004742}
4743
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004744void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4745 if (!CDecl) return;
4746
4747 if (isKeyword())
4748 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4749
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004750 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004751
4752 if (!CorrectionName)
4753 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4754}
4755
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004756std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4757 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4758 std::string tmpBuffer;
4759 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4760 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004761 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004762 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004763 }
4764
4765 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004766}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004767
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004768bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4769 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004770 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4771 return true;
4772
4773 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4774 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4775 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4776
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004777 bool HasNonType = false;
4778 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4779 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4780 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4781 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4782 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4783 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4784 if (Method->isStatic())
4785 HasStaticMethod = true;
4786 else
4787 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4788 }
4789 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4790 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004791 }
4792
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004793 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4794 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4795 return false;
4796
4797 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004798}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004799
4800FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004801 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004802 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004803 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004804 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004805 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4806 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004807 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4808}
4809
4810bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4811 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4812 return candidate.isKeyword();
4813
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004814 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004815 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004816 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004817 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4818 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4819 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4820 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4821 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4822 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4823 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4824 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4825 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4826 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4827 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004828 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004829 return true;
4830 }
4831 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004832
4833 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4834 // the current number of arguments.
4835 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4836 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4837 continue;
4838
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004839 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4840 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4841 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4842 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004843 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004844 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4845 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4846 MemberFn
4847 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4848 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004849 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004850 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004851 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4852 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4853 continue;
4854 }
4855 }
4856 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004857 }
4858 return false;
4859}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004860
4861void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4862 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4863 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4864 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4865 ErrorRecovery);
4866}
4867
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004868/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4869/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004870static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4871 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004872 return VD->getDefinition();
4873 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004874 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4875 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004876 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004877 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004878 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004879 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004880 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004881 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004882 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004883 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004884}
4885
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004886void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4887 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover) {
4888 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4889
4890 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4891 // possible.
4892 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4893 if (!Def)
4894 Def = Decl;
4895
4896 // FIXME: Add a Fix-It that imports the corresponding module or includes
4897 // the header.
4898 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4899 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4900
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004901 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4902 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004903 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004904 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4905
4906 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules,
4907 NeedDefinition ? MissingImportKind::Definition
4908 : MissingImportKind::Declaration,
4909 Recover);
4910}
4911
4912void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4913 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4914 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4915 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4916 assert(!Modules.empty());
4917
4918 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004919 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004920 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004921 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004922 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004923 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004924 ModuleList += "[...]";
4925 break;
4926 }
4927 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
4928 }
4929
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004930 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
4931 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004932 } else {
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004933 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
4934 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004935 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004936
4937 unsigned DiagID;
4938 switch (MIK) {
4939 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
4940 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
4941 break;
4942 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
4943 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
4944 break;
4945 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
4946 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
4947 break;
4948 }
4949 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004950
4951 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
4952 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004953 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004954}
4955
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004956/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4957/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4958///
4959/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4960/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4961/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4962/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4963/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4964/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4965/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4966/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4967/// to it.
4968void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4969 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4970 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4971 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4972 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4973 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4974 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4975 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4976
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004977 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4978 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004979 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004980 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4981
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004982 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
4983 /*NeedDefinition*/ false, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004984 return;
4985 }
4986
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004987 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4988 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4989
4990 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004991 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004992 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4993 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4994 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4995}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004996
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004997TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4998 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4999 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005000 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
5001 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
5002 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
5003 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
5004 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005005 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005006 return TE;
5007}
5008
5009const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
5010 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
5011 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
5012 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
5013 return Entry->second;
5014}
5015
5016void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5017 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5018}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005019
5020void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5021 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5022 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5023 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5024 R.setHideTags(false);
5025 LookupName(R, S);
5026 R.dump();
5027}